1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 struct linespec_sals
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
175 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
236 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
249 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
275 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
282 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
283 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
285 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
287 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
289 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
291 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
292 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
293 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
297 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
299 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
302 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
307 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
316 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
317 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
318 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
319 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
320 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
322 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
323 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
324 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
325 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
331 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
333 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
334 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
335 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
336 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
338 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
340 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
341 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
342 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
343 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
344 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
345 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
346 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
348 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
350 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
352 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
354 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
355 breakpoints share a single command list. */
356 struct counted_command_line
358 /* The reference count. */
361 /* The command list. */
362 struct command_line
*commands
;
365 struct command_line
*
366 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
368 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
371 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
372 current breakpoint. */
374 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
377 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
379 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
380 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
382 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
384 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
387 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
388 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
389 if such is available. */
390 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
393 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
394 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
397 fprintf_filtered (file
,
398 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
399 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
403 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
404 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
405 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
406 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
407 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
409 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
410 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
413 fprintf_filtered (file
,
414 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
415 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
419 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
420 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
421 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
422 use hardware breakpoints. */
423 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
425 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
426 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
429 fprintf_filtered (file
,
430 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
434 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
435 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
436 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
437 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
438 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
440 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
443 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
444 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
446 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
447 fprintf_filtered (file
,
448 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
449 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
451 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
453 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
458 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
460 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
461 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
464 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
466 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
467 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
468 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
469 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
470 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
471 condition_evaluation_auto
,
472 condition_evaluation_host
,
473 condition_evaluation_target
,
477 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
478 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
480 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
481 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
482 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
484 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
485 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
486 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
490 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
492 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
494 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
495 return condition_evaluation_target
;
497 return condition_evaluation_host
;
503 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
506 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
508 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
511 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
515 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
517 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
519 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
522 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
524 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
525 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
527 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
528 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
530 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
531 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
533 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
534 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
535 current breakpoint. */
537 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
539 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
540 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
541 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
544 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
545 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
546 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
548 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
549 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
550 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
553 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
554 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
555 to where the loop should start from.
556 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
557 appropriate location to start with. */
559 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
560 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
561 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
563 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
564 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
567 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
569 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
570 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
571 if (is_tracepoint (B))
573 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
575 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
577 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
579 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
581 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
583 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
585 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
586 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
587 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
588 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
589 an address you need to read. */
591 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
593 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
594 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
595 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
596 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
597 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
599 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
601 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
602 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
604 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
606 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
608 static int breakpoint_count
;
610 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
611 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
612 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
613 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
614 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
616 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
618 static int tracepoint_count
;
620 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
621 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
622 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
624 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
626 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
628 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
631 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
634 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
636 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
637 breakpoint_count
= num
;
638 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
641 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
642 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
643 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
645 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
649 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
654 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
658 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
660 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
663 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
666 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
668 struct breakpoint
*b
;
674 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
675 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
677 static struct counted_command_line
*
678 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
680 struct counted_command_line
*result
681 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
684 result
->commands
= commands
;
688 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
691 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
697 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
698 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
699 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
702 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
706 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
708 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
715 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
718 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
720 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
723 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
726 static struct cleanup
*
727 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
729 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
733 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
734 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
737 get_breakpoint (int num
)
739 struct breakpoint
*b
;
742 if (b
->number
== num
)
750 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
751 evaluating conditions on its side. */
754 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
756 struct bp_location
*loc
;
758 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
759 evaluating conditions and if the user has
760 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
762 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
763 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
766 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
769 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
770 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
773 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
774 evaluating conditions on its side. */
777 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
779 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
780 evaluating conditions and if the user has
781 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
783 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
784 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
788 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
791 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
794 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
795 condition_evaluation_mode. */
798 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
799 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
801 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
803 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
804 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
806 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
807 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
808 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
812 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
813 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
815 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
816 settings was "auto". */
817 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
819 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
820 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
822 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
823 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
824 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
826 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
827 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
830 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
832 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
834 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
835 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
839 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
840 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
841 target knows about. */
842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
843 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
844 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
848 update_global_location_list (1);
854 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
855 what "auto" is translating to. */
858 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
859 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
861 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
862 fprintf_filtered (file
,
863 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
864 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
866 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
868 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
872 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
873 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
874 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
877 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
879 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
880 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
882 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
885 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
888 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
889 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
890 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
893 static struct bp_location
**
894 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
896 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
897 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
898 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
900 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
901 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
902 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
904 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
905 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
906 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
907 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
909 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
910 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
913 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
914 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
915 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
916 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
923 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
926 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
927 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
929 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
931 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
938 struct bp_location
*loc
;
940 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
945 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
946 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
947 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
954 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
960 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
961 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
962 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
963 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
965 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
967 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
969 innermost_block
= NULL
;
971 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
973 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
974 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
978 struct bp_location
*loc
;
980 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
984 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
985 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
987 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
991 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
993 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
994 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
997 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
999 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1000 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
1004 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1005 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1009 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1010 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1014 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1015 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1017 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1020 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1021 len
= strlen (text
);
1025 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1026 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1029 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1034 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1036 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1039 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1040 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1049 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1050 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1051 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1054 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1057 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1059 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1064 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1067 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1069 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1072 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1074 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1075 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1076 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1077 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1079 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1080 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1081 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1082 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1084 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1085 update_global_location_list (1);
1090 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1093 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1094 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1095 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1098 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1100 struct command_line
*c
;
1102 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1106 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1107 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1108 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1110 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1111 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1113 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1114 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1115 command directly. */
1116 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1117 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1119 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1120 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1124 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1127 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1129 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1130 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1131 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1135 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1137 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1140 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1141 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1145 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1146 struct command_line
*commands
)
1148 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1150 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1151 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1152 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1153 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1154 struct command_line
*c
;
1155 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1156 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1158 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1160 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1161 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1162 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1163 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1164 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1165 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1168 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1169 "can be used only once"));
1176 struct command_line
*c2
;
1178 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1179 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1180 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1182 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1183 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1189 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1193 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1194 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1197 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1199 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1200 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1201 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1204 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1206 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1207 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1208 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1214 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1215 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1218 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1219 struct command_line
*commands
)
1221 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1223 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1224 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1225 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1226 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1229 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1230 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1234 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1236 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1239 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1240 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1243 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1244 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1247 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1249 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1252 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1253 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1256 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1257 breakpoint work for any task. */
1260 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1262 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1265 if (old_task
!= task
)
1266 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1270 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1272 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1274 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1277 /* A structure used to pass information through
1278 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1280 struct commands_info
1282 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1285 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1288 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1289 already-parsed command. */
1290 struct command_line
*control
;
1292 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1294 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1297 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1298 commands_command. */
1301 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1303 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1305 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1307 struct command_line
*l
;
1309 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1310 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1313 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1316 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1317 "%s, one per line."),
1320 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1322 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1325 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1328 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1331 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1334 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1336 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1338 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1339 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1340 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1341 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1342 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1343 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1348 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1349 struct command_line
*control
)
1351 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1352 struct commands_info info
;
1354 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1355 info
.control
= control
;
1357 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1358 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1359 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1361 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1363 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1364 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1366 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1367 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1370 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1371 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1372 numbers will fail in this case. */
1377 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1379 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1382 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1386 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1388 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1389 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1391 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1395 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1397 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1400 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1401 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1403 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1404 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1405 enum command_control_type
1406 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1408 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1409 return simple_control
;
1412 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1415 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1417 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1421 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1422 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1427 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1428 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1430 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1431 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1432 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1434 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1435 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1436 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1437 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1438 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1439 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1440 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1441 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1443 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1446 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1447 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1448 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1450 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1452 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1454 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1455 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1456 report higher one. */
1459 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1460 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1462 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1464 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1465 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1467 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1468 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1469 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1470 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1472 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1473 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1474 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1476 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1478 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1485 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1486 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1487 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1488 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1489 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1492 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1494 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1495 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1496 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1499 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1502 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1504 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1506 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1507 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1511 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1512 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1513 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1516 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1519 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1520 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1521 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1524 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1526 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1527 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1530 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1532 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1533 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1535 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1536 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1540 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1541 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1545 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1546 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1548 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1550 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1554 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1556 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1557 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1560 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1562 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1563 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1564 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1565 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1566 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1568 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1570 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1571 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1575 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1576 const unsigned char *bp
;
1577 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1578 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1580 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1581 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1582 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1584 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1586 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1588 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1589 breakpoint's INSN. */
1590 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1596 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1600 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1602 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1603 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1604 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1610 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1612 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1613 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1614 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1617 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1621 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1623 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1624 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1627 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1628 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1629 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1630 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1631 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1632 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1633 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1634 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1637 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1639 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1640 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1641 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1642 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1645 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1646 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1649 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1651 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1653 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1655 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1656 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1657 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1658 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1659 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1661 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1664 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1665 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1666 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1667 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1669 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1671 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1672 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1675 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1676 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1677 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1678 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1679 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1680 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1681 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1682 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1684 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1685 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1686 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1687 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1688 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1689 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1690 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1691 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1694 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1695 hardware watchpoints:
1697 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1698 called several times when GDB stops.
1701 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1702 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1703 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1704 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1705 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1706 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1707 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1708 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1709 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1710 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1711 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1713 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1714 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1717 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1719 int within_current_scope
;
1720 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1723 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1724 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1725 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1726 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1729 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1734 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1735 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1736 within_current_scope
= 1;
1739 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1740 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1741 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1743 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1744 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1745 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1746 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1749 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1750 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1751 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1752 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1755 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1757 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1758 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1759 if (within_current_scope
)
1763 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1764 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1765 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1768 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1777 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1778 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1779 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1780 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1781 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1782 be completely different objects. */
1783 value_free (b
->val
);
1787 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1788 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1789 locations (re)created below. */
1790 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1792 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1794 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1798 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1799 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1803 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1804 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1805 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1806 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1807 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1808 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1810 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1811 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1812 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1814 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1817 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1818 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1820 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1822 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1823 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1824 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1825 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1826 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1828 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1834 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1836 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1837 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1839 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1840 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1841 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1842 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1843 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1844 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1845 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1847 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1849 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1850 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1851 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1853 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1854 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1858 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1860 addr
= value_address (v
);
1862 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1864 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1867 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1868 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1871 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1873 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1874 loc
->address
= addr
;
1875 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1876 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1881 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1882 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1883 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1888 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1889 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1891 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1895 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1898 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1899 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1900 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1902 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1903 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1904 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1905 this watchpoint in as well. */
1907 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1908 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1909 hardware watchpoint type. */
1910 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1911 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1912 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1914 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1915 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1916 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1917 through watch_command), so always account for it
1920 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1921 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1923 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1924 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1927 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1928 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1930 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1932 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1933 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1934 "hardware watchpoint."));
1935 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1936 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1937 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1939 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1940 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1944 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1945 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1946 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1948 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1951 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1952 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1953 "read/access watchpoint."));
1955 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1957 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1958 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1959 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1960 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1963 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1965 next
= value_next (v
);
1970 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1971 above left it without any location set up. But,
1972 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1973 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1974 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1976 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1977 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1978 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1979 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1980 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1981 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1984 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1986 printf_filtered (_("\
1987 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1988 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1990 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1993 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1995 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1999 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2000 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2001 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2002 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2003 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2005 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2007 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2010 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2013 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2016 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2019 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2020 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2021 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2022 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2023 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2024 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2025 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2026 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2027 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2033 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2034 that the location is not duplicated. */
2037 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2040 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2043 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2044 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2048 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2049 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2050 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2051 any error during parsing. */
2053 static struct agent_expr
*
2054 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2056 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2057 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2058 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2063 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2064 that may show up. */
2065 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2067 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2072 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2073 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2074 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2078 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2082 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2083 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2084 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2085 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2086 one of them is true. */
2089 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2091 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2092 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2093 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2094 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2096 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2097 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2098 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2100 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2101 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2104 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2105 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2106 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2107 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2108 response back to GDB. */
2109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2112 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2116 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2118 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2119 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2120 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2121 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2122 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2123 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2125 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2126 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2132 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2133 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2134 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2136 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2142 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2143 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2144 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2146 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2147 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2148 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2150 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2153 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2155 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2157 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2160 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2161 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2166 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2167 for this location's address. */
2168 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2172 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2173 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2174 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2176 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2177 conditions to the target. */
2178 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2179 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2185 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2186 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2187 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2189 static struct agent_expr
*
2190 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2192 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2193 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2194 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2195 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2196 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2198 char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2199 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2201 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2208 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2210 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2212 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2213 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2215 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2217 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2219 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2221 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2223 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2224 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2226 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2228 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2229 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2231 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2233 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2235 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2237 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2238 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2241 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2246 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2247 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2249 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2253 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2254 that may show up. */
2255 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2257 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2258 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2259 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2264 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2265 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2266 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2270 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2272 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2276 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2277 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2278 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2281 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2283 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2284 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2285 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2286 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2288 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2289 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2290 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2293 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2296 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2297 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2298 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2299 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2300 response back to GDB. */
2301 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2304 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2308 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2310 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2311 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2312 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2313 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2314 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2315 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2316 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2322 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2323 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2324 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2326 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2332 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2334 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2336 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2339 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2340 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2342 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2344 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2347 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2348 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2353 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2354 for this location's address. */
2355 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2358 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2359 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2360 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2361 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2363 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2364 to send the commands to the target. */
2365 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2369 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2370 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2371 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2372 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2375 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2376 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2377 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2378 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2381 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2382 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2384 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2385 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2386 int *disabled_breaks
,
2387 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2388 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2391 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2392 struct gdb_exception e
;
2394 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2397 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2398 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2399 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2400 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2401 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2402 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2403 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2404 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2405 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2406 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2407 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2408 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2410 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2411 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2412 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2413 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2415 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2417 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2418 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2419 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2420 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2423 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2424 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2426 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2428 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2429 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2430 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2432 Two important cases are:
2433 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2434 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2435 hardware breakpoint.
2436 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2437 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2438 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2441 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2442 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2443 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2444 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2446 struct mem_region
*mr
2447 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2451 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2453 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2455 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2456 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2458 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2460 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2462 static int said
= 0;
2464 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2467 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2468 _("Note: automatically using "
2469 "hardware breakpoints for "
2470 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2475 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2476 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2477 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2478 "at readonly address %s"),
2479 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2483 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2484 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2485 || bl
->section
== NULL
2486 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2488 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2489 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2491 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2496 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2501 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2502 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2503 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2505 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2506 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2507 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2508 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2509 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2513 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2515 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2516 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2517 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2518 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2519 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2521 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2522 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2523 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2527 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2528 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2530 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2531 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2533 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2538 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2543 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2544 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2551 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2552 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2554 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2556 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2557 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2558 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2561 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2563 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2564 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2565 "library breakpoints:\n");
2567 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2568 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2569 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2573 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2575 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2576 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2578 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2579 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2580 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2581 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2586 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2588 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2589 "Error accessing memory address ");
2590 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2592 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2593 safe_strerror (val
));
2604 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2605 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2606 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2607 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2609 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2610 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2612 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2614 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2615 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2616 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2618 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2620 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2621 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2623 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2625 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2626 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2630 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2631 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2638 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2639 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2642 /* Back to the original value. */
2643 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2647 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2650 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2652 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2653 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2655 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2658 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2662 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2663 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2665 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2668 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2670 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2671 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2672 so just return success. */
2679 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2680 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2684 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2686 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2687 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2689 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2690 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2692 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2693 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2696 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2697 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2698 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2700 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2702 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2704 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2705 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2706 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2708 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2709 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2711 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2717 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2718 removed locations above. */
2719 update_global_location_list (0);
2722 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2723 Throws exception on any error.
2724 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2725 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2727 insert_breakpoints (void)
2729 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2732 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2734 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2736 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2739 update_global_location_list (1);
2741 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2742 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2744 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2745 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2748 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2751 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2753 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2757 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2761 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2762 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2763 always-inserted mode. */
2766 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2768 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2771 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2772 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2773 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2775 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2776 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2778 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2779 there was an error. */
2780 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2782 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2786 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2788 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2791 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2792 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2793 deletion of breakpoints. */
2794 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2797 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2799 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2800 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2801 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2802 insert breakpoints. */
2803 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2804 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2807 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2808 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2815 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2816 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2819 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2822 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2825 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2827 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2828 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2831 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2832 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2833 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2835 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2836 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2838 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2839 there was an error. */
2840 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2842 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2844 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2846 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2849 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2850 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2851 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2852 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2853 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2856 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2858 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2859 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2860 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2861 insert breakpoints. */
2862 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2863 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2866 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2867 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2872 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2873 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2876 int some_failed
= 0;
2877 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2879 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2882 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2885 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2888 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2889 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2896 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2898 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2900 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2901 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2902 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2910 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2911 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2912 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2914 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2915 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2916 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2918 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2919 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2922 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2925 /* Used when the program stops.
2926 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2927 removing a breakpoint location. */
2930 remove_breakpoints (void)
2932 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2937 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2938 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2943 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2946 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2948 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2950 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2952 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2954 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2957 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2962 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2971 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2973 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2974 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2976 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2977 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2978 struct inferior
*inf
;
2979 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2981 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2985 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2986 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2988 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2990 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2991 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2993 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2995 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3001 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3004 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3009 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3013 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3015 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3016 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3017 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3018 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3019 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3020 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3022 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3025 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3028 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3029 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3033 static struct breakpoint
*
3034 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3035 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3036 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3038 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3039 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3041 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3044 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3045 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3047 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3048 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3049 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3054 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3056 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3058 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3060 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3061 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3063 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3064 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3066 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3067 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3069 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3070 int longjmp_searched
;
3072 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3073 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3075 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3076 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3078 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3079 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3081 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3082 int exception_searched
;
3084 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3085 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3088 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3090 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3091 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3093 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3096 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3098 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3101 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3102 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3104 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3105 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3107 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3109 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3110 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3112 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3113 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3115 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3116 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3118 return bp_objfile_data
;
3122 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3124 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3126 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3127 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3131 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3133 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3134 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3136 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3138 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3139 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3142 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3144 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3147 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3149 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3151 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3154 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3155 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3158 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3161 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3162 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3164 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3165 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3167 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3169 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3170 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3174 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3175 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3178 update_global_location_list (1);
3182 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3184 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3185 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3187 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3189 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3191 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3193 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3195 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3198 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3199 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3201 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3202 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3205 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3207 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3209 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3210 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3211 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3214 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3217 struct probe
*probe
;
3218 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3221 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3222 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3226 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3228 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3230 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3231 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3232 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3238 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3240 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3241 const char *func_name
;
3244 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3247 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3248 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3250 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3252 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3255 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3256 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3259 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3262 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3263 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3264 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3265 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3266 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3270 update_global_location_list (1);
3272 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3275 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3277 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3279 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3280 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3281 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3283 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3285 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3287 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3290 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3292 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3294 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3295 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3297 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3299 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3302 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3304 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3306 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3307 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3308 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3310 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3311 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3314 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3317 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3318 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3319 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3320 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3321 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3322 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3326 update_global_location_list (1);
3328 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3331 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3334 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3336 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3337 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3339 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3341 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3342 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3343 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3346 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3348 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3349 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3351 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3352 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3353 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3356 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3358 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3360 struct probe
*probe
;
3363 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3364 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3368 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3370 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3371 bp_exception_master
,
3372 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3373 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3374 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3380 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3382 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3385 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3387 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3389 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3391 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3392 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3394 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3398 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3401 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3402 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3404 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3405 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3406 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3407 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3410 update_global_location_list (1);
3414 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3416 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3417 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3419 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3420 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3421 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3422 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3423 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3424 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3425 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3426 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3427 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3428 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3429 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3433 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3436 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3437 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3439 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3443 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3444 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3446 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3450 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3451 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3452 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3453 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3454 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3456 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3460 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3461 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3463 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3467 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3469 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3470 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3471 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3473 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3477 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3479 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3480 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3481 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3482 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3486 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3487 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3488 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3489 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3490 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3491 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3493 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3494 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3495 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3496 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3497 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3498 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3499 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3501 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3502 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3503 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3504 let finish_command delete it.
3506 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3507 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3508 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3509 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3510 solib breakpoints.) */
3512 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3517 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3518 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3520 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3522 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3526 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3527 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3528 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3529 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3530 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3534 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3536 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3538 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3539 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3541 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3542 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3544 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3545 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3546 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3548 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3552 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3555 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3556 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3558 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3562 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3563 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3564 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3565 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3566 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3569 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3573 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3576 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3577 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3580 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3581 This should not ever happen. */
3582 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3584 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3585 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3587 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3588 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3589 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3591 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3592 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3593 || bl
->section
== NULL
3594 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3596 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3597 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3601 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3602 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3603 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3605 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3606 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3608 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3609 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3610 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3611 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3612 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3614 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3615 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3617 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3618 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3621 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3622 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3623 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3624 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3626 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3627 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3628 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3629 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3630 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3631 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3637 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3642 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3643 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3644 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3645 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3650 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3652 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3654 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3655 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3657 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3658 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3660 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3661 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3662 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3665 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3666 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3669 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3670 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3672 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3676 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3683 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3686 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3688 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3691 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3692 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3695 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3696 This should not ever happen. */
3697 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3699 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3701 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3703 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3705 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3709 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3712 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3714 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3717 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3721 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3722 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3724 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3727 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3728 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3729 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3734 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3736 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3737 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3739 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3741 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3743 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3746 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3748 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3749 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3750 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3754 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3756 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3762 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3764 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3765 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3768 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3770 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3772 case bp_shlib_event
:
3774 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3775 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3776 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3777 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3778 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3780 (gdb) file prog-linux
3781 (gdb) run # native linux target
3784 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3785 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3788 case bp_step_resume
:
3790 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3792 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3796 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3797 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3798 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3800 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3802 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3803 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3804 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3805 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3807 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3808 insert_breakpoints. */
3810 value_free (w
->val
);
3821 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3822 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3823 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3824 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3827 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3828 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3829 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3830 match, not program space. */
3832 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3833 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3834 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3835 permanent breakpoint.
3836 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3837 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3838 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3839 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3840 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3842 enum breakpoint_here
3843 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3845 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3846 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3848 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3850 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3851 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3854 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3855 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3856 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3857 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3859 if (overlay_debugging
3860 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3861 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3862 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3863 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3864 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3866 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3870 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3873 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3876 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3878 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3881 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3882 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3888 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3889 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3890 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3891 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3894 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3897 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3901 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3902 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3906 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3908 if (overlay_debugging
3909 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3910 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3919 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3920 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3923 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3925 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3928 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3934 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3938 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3941 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3945 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3949 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3952 if (overlay_debugging
3953 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3954 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3955 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3961 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3962 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3969 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3970 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3972 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3976 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3978 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3979 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3982 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3985 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3986 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3990 /* Check for intersection. */
3991 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3992 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4000 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4001 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4004 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4007 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4008 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4012 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4014 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4015 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4018 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4019 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4020 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4023 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4026 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4028 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4029 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4030 it is now time to do so. */
4032 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4033 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4037 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4039 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4040 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4041 it is now time to do so. */
4043 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4044 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4048 if (overlay_debugging
4049 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4050 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4051 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4060 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4064 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4066 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4069 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4073 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4075 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4076 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4077 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4078 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4082 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4083 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4086 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4103 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4104 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4107 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4111 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4116 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4118 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4119 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4120 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4121 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4122 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4124 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4125 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4129 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4139 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4142 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4147 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4149 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4155 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4156 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4157 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4158 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4160 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4161 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4163 Return 1 otherwise. */
4166 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4168 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4171 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4173 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4174 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4175 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4176 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4177 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4179 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4181 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4185 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4188 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4190 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4193 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4196 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4200 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4202 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4204 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4206 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4212 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4215 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4217 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4219 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4221 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4222 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4223 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4224 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4225 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4229 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4232 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4235 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4237 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4240 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4241 or its equivalent. */
4244 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4246 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4247 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4250 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4251 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4252 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4253 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4255 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4256 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4257 bpstat of the current thread. */
4260 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4263 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4266 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4268 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4271 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4272 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4274 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4276 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4279 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4280 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4282 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4283 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4284 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4286 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4288 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4289 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4290 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4291 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4292 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4293 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4294 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4295 the tree when we're done. */
4296 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4297 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4298 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4299 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4300 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4302 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4308 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4310 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4316 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4317 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4319 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4321 if (target_can_async_p ())
4322 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4323 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4324 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4327 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4328 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4329 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4330 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4331 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4332 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4333 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4334 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4335 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4336 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4337 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4338 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4339 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4344 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4349 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4351 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4353 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4354 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4355 && target_has_execution
4356 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4357 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4358 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4359 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4360 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4361 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4362 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4365 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4368 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4371 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4374 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4377 struct value_print_options opts
;
4378 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4379 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4383 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4384 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4385 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4386 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4389 static enum print_stop_action
4390 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4392 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4395 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4396 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4400 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4401 relevant messages. */
4402 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4405 case print_it_normal
:
4407 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4409 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4410 which has since been deleted. */
4412 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4414 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4415 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4420 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4421 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4426 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4429 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4432 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4434 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4438 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4439 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4440 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4442 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4443 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4444 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4447 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4448 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4449 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4453 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4458 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4461 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4466 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4467 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4468 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4471 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4476 struct so_list
*iter
;
4478 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4480 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4481 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4484 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4489 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4490 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4491 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4494 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4498 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4499 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4500 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4501 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4502 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4503 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4504 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4507 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4508 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4509 code to print the location. An example is
4510 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4512 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4513 to also print the location part of the message.
4514 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4515 don't require a location appended to the end.
4516 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4517 further info to be printed. */
4519 enum print_stop_action
4520 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4524 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4525 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4526 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4527 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4528 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4530 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4531 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4532 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4533 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4537 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4538 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4539 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4540 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4542 print_solib_event (0);
4543 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4546 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4547 with and nothing was printed. */
4548 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4551 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4552 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4553 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4554 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4557 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4559 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4560 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4562 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4566 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4569 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4573 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4575 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4576 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4577 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4578 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4579 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4580 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4581 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4583 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4587 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4588 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4591 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4593 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4595 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4597 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4599 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4600 as not triggered. */
4602 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4604 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4606 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4612 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4614 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4615 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4617 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4619 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4621 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4624 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4627 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4628 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4634 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4635 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4637 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4638 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4640 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4642 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4643 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4645 if (newaddr
== start
)
4647 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4651 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4652 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4656 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4665 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4666 because of check_errors). */
4667 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4668 #define WP_DELETED 1
4669 /* The value has changed. */
4670 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4671 /* The value has not changed. */
4672 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4673 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4676 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4677 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4679 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4682 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4683 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4686 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4688 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4689 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4690 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4691 int within_current_scope
;
4693 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4694 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4695 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4697 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4698 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4699 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4700 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4703 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4704 within_current_scope
= 1;
4707 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4708 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4709 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4711 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4712 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4713 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4714 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4715 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4716 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4717 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4718 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4719 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4720 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4723 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4724 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4726 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4727 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4728 if (within_current_scope
)
4730 struct symbol
*function
;
4732 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4733 if (function
== NULL
4734 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4735 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4736 within_current_scope
= 0;
4739 if (within_current_scope
)
4740 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4741 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4746 if (within_current_scope
)
4748 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4749 time before we return to the command level and call
4750 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4751 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4755 struct value
*new_val
;
4757 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4758 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4759 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4760 a mask watchpoint. */
4761 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4763 mark
= value_mark ();
4764 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4766 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4767 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4768 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4769 not what we want. */
4770 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4771 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4773 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4775 release_value (new_val
);
4776 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4778 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4781 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4785 /* Nothing changed. */
4786 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4787 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4792 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4794 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4795 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4796 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4797 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4798 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4799 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4800 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4801 the first value assigned). */
4802 /* We print all the stop information in
4803 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4804 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4805 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4807 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4809 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4810 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4811 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4813 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4814 which its expression is valid.\n");
4816 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4817 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4818 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4824 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4825 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4826 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4829 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4830 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4831 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4833 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4835 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4836 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4838 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4841 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4842 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4845 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4847 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4848 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4850 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4851 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4852 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4853 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4854 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4857 int must_check_value
= 0;
4859 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4860 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4862 must_check_value
= 1;
4863 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4864 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4865 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4867 must_check_value
= 1;
4868 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4869 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4870 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4871 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4872 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4873 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4874 must_check_value
= 1;
4876 if (must_check_value
)
4879 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4881 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4882 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4884 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4888 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4889 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4893 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4896 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4897 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4899 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4901 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4902 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4903 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4904 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4905 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4906 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4907 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4910 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4911 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4914 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4915 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4916 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4917 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4919 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4920 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4921 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4924 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4925 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4926 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4927 changes. This still gives false positives when
4928 the program writes the same value to memory as
4929 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4930 it for a read), but it's much better than
4933 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4935 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4937 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4940 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4941 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4943 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4944 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4946 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4947 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4949 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4955 if (other_write_watchpoint
4956 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4958 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4959 and the value changed since the last time we
4960 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4962 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4967 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4968 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4969 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4971 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4972 the value hasn't changed. */
4973 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4981 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4982 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4985 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4989 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4991 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4992 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4993 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4994 anything for this watchpoint. */
4995 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5002 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5003 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5004 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5007 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5009 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5010 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5011 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5013 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5014 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5015 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5016 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5017 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5019 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5020 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5021 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5023 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5024 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5028 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5029 struct expression
*cond
;
5031 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5032 method implemented. */
5033 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5034 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5036 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5038 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5045 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5047 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5048 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5050 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5051 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5052 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5053 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5055 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5057 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5058 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5062 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5063 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5064 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5065 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5066 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5068 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5069 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5072 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5074 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5075 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5076 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5077 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5078 really matter which instantiation of the function
5079 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5080 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5081 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5082 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5083 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5084 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5085 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5086 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5088 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5090 select_frame (frame
);
5092 within_current_scope
= 0;
5094 if (within_current_scope
)
5096 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5097 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5101 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5102 "in the current scope"));
5103 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5104 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5107 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5108 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5111 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5115 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5119 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5122 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5124 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5126 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5132 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5133 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5135 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5136 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5139 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5141 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5143 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5144 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5145 several reasons concurrently.)
5147 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5148 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5151 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5152 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5153 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5155 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5156 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5157 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5158 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5159 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5160 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5163 int need_remove_insert
;
5166 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5167 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5168 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5169 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5170 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5171 inferior function calls. */
5175 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5178 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5180 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5181 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5182 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5183 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5184 checked all locations already. */
5185 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5188 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5191 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5194 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5197 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5200 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5201 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5202 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5206 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5207 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5208 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5210 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5212 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5214 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5219 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5221 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5223 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5224 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5227 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5231 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5232 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5233 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5235 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5237 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5239 handle_solib_event ();
5244 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5245 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5246 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5250 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5255 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5256 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5259 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5264 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5266 /* We will stop here. */
5267 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5269 --(b
->enable_count
);
5270 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5271 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5272 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5277 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5278 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5279 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5280 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5286 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5288 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5289 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5292 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5293 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5294 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5296 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5297 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5298 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5300 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5301 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5303 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5305 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5306 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5309 if (need_remove_insert
)
5310 update_global_location_list (1);
5311 else if (removed_any
)
5312 update_global_location_list (0);
5318 handle_jit_event (void)
5320 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5321 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5323 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5324 breakpoint_re_set. */
5325 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5327 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5328 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5330 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5332 target_terminal_inferior ();
5335 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5338 handle_solib_event (void)
5340 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5342 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5343 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5344 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5345 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5347 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5349 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5351 target_terminal_inferior ();
5354 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5356 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5359 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5361 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5365 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5366 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5367 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5369 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5371 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5372 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5373 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5376 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5378 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5379 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5383 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5390 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5393 case bp_shlib_event
:
5397 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5399 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5402 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5405 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5406 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5407 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5411 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5413 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5417 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5418 This requires no further action. */
5422 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5424 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5425 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5427 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5428 case bp_exception_resume
:
5429 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5430 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5432 case bp_step_resume
:
5434 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5437 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5438 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5441 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5443 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5446 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5447 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5450 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5451 case bp_thread_event
:
5452 case bp_overlay_event
:
5453 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5454 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5455 case bp_exception_master
:
5456 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5462 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5464 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5468 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5469 This requires no further action. */
5474 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5477 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5478 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5479 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5480 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5482 case bp_std_terminate
:
5483 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5484 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5485 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5486 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5489 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5490 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5491 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5492 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5494 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5495 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5497 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5498 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5499 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5501 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5502 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5503 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5504 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5508 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5512 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5513 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5516 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5519 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5520 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5525 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5527 handle_jit_event ();
5530 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5532 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5538 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5539 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5541 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5542 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5550 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5551 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5552 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5555 bpstat_should_step (void)
5557 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5560 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5566 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5568 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5577 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5578 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5579 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5582 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5584 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5585 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5589 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5591 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5593 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5594 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5595 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5600 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5606 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5607 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5609 "host": Host evals condition.
5610 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5611 "target": Target evals condition.
5615 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5617 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5618 char host_evals
= 0;
5619 char target_evals
= 0;
5624 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5627 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5628 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5629 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5631 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5633 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5639 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5640 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5641 else if (target_evals
)
5642 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5644 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5647 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5648 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5651 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5653 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5656 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5657 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5658 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5660 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5661 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5663 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5666 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5669 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5670 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5672 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5673 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5675 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5679 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5681 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5682 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5683 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5686 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5689 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5690 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5691 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5692 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5693 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5694 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5697 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5701 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5702 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5707 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5711 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5712 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5714 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5716 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5718 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5721 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5723 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5724 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5725 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5727 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5728 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5729 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5730 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5733 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5737 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5739 struct ep_type_description
5744 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5746 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5747 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5748 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5749 {bp_until
, "until"},
5750 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5751 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5752 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5753 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5754 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5755 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5756 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5757 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5758 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5759 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5760 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5761 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5762 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5763 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5764 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5765 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5766 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5767 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5769 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5770 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5771 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5772 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5773 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5774 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5775 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5776 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5777 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5778 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5781 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5782 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5783 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5784 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5787 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5790 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5793 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5794 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5796 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5799 struct command_line
*l
;
5800 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5802 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5803 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5804 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5805 struct value_print_options opts
;
5807 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5809 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5810 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5811 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5814 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5815 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5823 if (part_of_multiple
)
5826 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5827 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5832 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5837 if (part_of_multiple
)
5838 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5840 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5844 if (part_of_multiple
)
5845 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5847 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5852 if (part_of_multiple
)
5853 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5855 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5856 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5857 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5861 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5863 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5864 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5865 make sure there's just one location. */
5866 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5867 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5873 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5874 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5878 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5879 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5880 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5882 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5884 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5885 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5886 is relatively readable). */
5887 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5888 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5890 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5895 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5899 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5900 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5902 case bp_exception_resume
:
5903 case bp_step_resume
:
5904 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5905 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5907 case bp_std_terminate
:
5908 case bp_shlib_event
:
5909 case bp_thread_event
:
5910 case bp_overlay_event
:
5911 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5912 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5913 case bp_exception_master
:
5915 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5916 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5919 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5920 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5921 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5924 if (header_of_multiple
)
5925 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5926 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5927 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5929 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5930 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5933 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5934 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5941 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5944 && !header_of_multiple
5946 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
5947 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5948 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5949 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5950 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5951 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
5953 struct inferior
*inf
;
5956 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
5958 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
5963 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5966 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5967 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
5972 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5974 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5976 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5977 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5978 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
5979 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5981 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
5983 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
5984 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
5988 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5990 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5991 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
5993 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5996 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5997 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5999 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6000 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6001 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6004 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6007 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6008 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6010 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6011 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6013 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6014 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6015 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6016 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6017 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6019 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6020 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6021 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6022 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6027 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6029 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6030 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6031 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6035 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6039 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6040 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6041 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6042 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6043 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6045 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6046 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6047 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6048 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6049 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6051 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6055 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6057 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6061 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6064 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6065 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6066 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6069 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6070 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6071 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6072 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6075 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6076 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6077 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6078 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6079 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6081 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6082 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6083 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6086 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6088 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6090 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6092 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6093 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6094 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6098 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->extra_string
6099 && b
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& !b
->commands
)
6102 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t(agent printf) ");
6103 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "printf", b
->extra_string
);
6104 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6107 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6108 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6110 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6113 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6114 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6115 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6118 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6120 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6122 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6124 annotate_field (10);
6125 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6126 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6127 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6130 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6132 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6134 annotate_field (11);
6136 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6137 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6138 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6142 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6144 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6145 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6150 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6152 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6154 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6156 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6158 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6159 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6164 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6165 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6168 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6169 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6171 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6173 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6174 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6176 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6177 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6178 locations, if any. */
6179 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6181 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6182 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6183 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6186 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6187 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6189 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6190 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6192 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6195 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6197 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6198 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6199 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6200 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6207 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6209 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6210 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6212 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6216 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6217 an address to print. */
6218 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6221 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6222 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6223 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6226 return print_address_bits
;
6229 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6235 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6237 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6238 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6239 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6243 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6245 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6253 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6254 char **error_message
)
6256 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6259 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6261 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6262 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6268 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6269 internal or momentary. */
6272 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6274 return b
->number
> 0;
6277 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6278 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6279 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6280 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6281 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6282 breakpoints listed. */
6285 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6286 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6288 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6289 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6290 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6291 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6292 struct value_print_options opts
;
6293 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6294 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6295 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6297 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6299 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6300 required for address fields. */
6301 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6304 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6305 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6308 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6309 accept. Skip the others. */
6310 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6312 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6314 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6318 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6320 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6322 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6323 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6324 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6326 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6327 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6328 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6330 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6334 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6336 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6337 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6341 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6342 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6345 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6346 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6347 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6349 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6350 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6352 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6353 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6354 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6356 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6357 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6359 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6360 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6362 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6364 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6365 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6366 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6368 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6369 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6371 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6373 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6374 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6375 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6376 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6381 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6382 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6385 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6386 accept. Skip the others. */
6388 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6390 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6392 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6395 else /* all others */
6397 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6401 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6403 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6404 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6407 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6409 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6411 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6415 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6416 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6418 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6419 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6425 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6426 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6429 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6430 there have been breakpoints? */
6431 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6433 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6436 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6437 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6440 default_collect_info (void)
6442 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6444 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6445 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6447 if (!*default_collect
)
6450 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6452 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6453 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6454 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6458 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6460 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6462 default_collect_info ();
6466 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6468 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6469 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6471 if (num_printed
== 0)
6473 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6474 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6476 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6481 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6483 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6485 default_collect_info ();
6489 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6490 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6491 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6493 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6495 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6497 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6498 && bl
->address
== pc
6499 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6505 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6506 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6510 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6511 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6512 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6515 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6518 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6519 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6523 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6524 else /* if (others == ???) */
6525 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6527 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6530 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6531 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6532 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6533 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6534 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6535 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6536 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6537 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6539 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6543 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6545 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6546 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6547 printf_filtered (".\n");
6552 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6553 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6554 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6555 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6557 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6558 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6559 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6560 breakpoint at address zero:
6568 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6570 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6572 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6575 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6576 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6579 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6580 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6582 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6583 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6585 /* Both of them must exist. */
6586 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6587 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6589 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6590 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6591 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6592 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6593 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6594 other watchpoint. */
6596 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6598 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6601 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6603 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6607 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6608 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6609 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6610 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6611 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6612 become hw_access locations later. */
6613 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6614 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6615 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6616 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6619 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6620 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6621 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6622 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6625 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6626 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6628 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6629 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6633 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6634 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6635 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6636 space doesn't really matter. */
6639 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6640 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6643 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6644 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6645 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6648 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6649 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6650 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6651 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6654 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6655 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6658 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6661 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6662 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6666 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6667 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6668 true, otherwise returns false. */
6671 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6672 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6674 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6675 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6676 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6677 different locations. */
6678 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6683 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6684 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6685 represent the same location. */
6688 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6689 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6691 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6693 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6694 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6695 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6697 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6698 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6700 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6703 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6704 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6705 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6707 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6708 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6709 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6710 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6714 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6715 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6717 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6718 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6722 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6723 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6725 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6726 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6728 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6731 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6732 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6733 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6734 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6737 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6738 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6740 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6742 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6745 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6746 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6747 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6748 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6749 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6751 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6752 have their addresses modified. */
6757 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6759 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6760 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6761 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6763 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6764 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6766 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6767 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6769 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6774 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6775 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6777 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6779 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6784 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6785 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6788 switch (owner
->type
)
6794 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6795 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6797 case bp_exception_resume
:
6798 case bp_step_resume
:
6799 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6800 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6802 case bp_std_terminate
:
6803 case bp_shlib_event
:
6804 case bp_thread_event
:
6805 case bp_overlay_event
:
6807 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6808 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6809 case bp_exception_master
:
6810 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6811 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6813 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6814 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6816 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6817 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6818 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6820 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6821 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6822 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6823 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6828 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6829 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6830 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6833 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6839 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6841 static struct bp_location
*
6842 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6844 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6848 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6850 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6854 /* Increment reference count. */
6857 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6862 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6863 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6866 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6868 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6870 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6871 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6875 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6878 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6880 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6882 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6883 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6885 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6887 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6896 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6899 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6900 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6902 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6904 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6906 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6910 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6911 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6912 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6914 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6917 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6919 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6920 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6921 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6922 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6925 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6926 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6928 static struct breakpoint
*
6929 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6931 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6933 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6935 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6936 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6940 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6941 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6945 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6947 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6949 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6950 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6951 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6954 const char *function_name
;
6955 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
6957 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
6958 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
6960 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
6962 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6964 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
6965 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
6966 &loc
->requested_address
))
6968 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6969 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6970 loc
->requested_address
,
6973 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
6974 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
6976 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6977 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6978 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
6979 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6981 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
6986 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
6990 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6992 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6995 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
6997 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7002 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7003 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7004 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7006 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7007 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7008 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7011 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7012 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7013 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7015 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7017 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7019 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7020 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7022 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7023 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7025 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7026 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7028 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7031 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7032 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7033 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7034 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7035 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7036 is also returned as the value of this function.
7038 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7039 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7040 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7041 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7042 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7043 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7044 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7047 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7048 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7049 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7051 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7053 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7054 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7059 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7060 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7062 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7064 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7066 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7068 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7069 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7070 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7071 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7072 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7073 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7077 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7078 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7079 initiated the operation. */
7082 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7084 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7085 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7087 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7088 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7089 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7090 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7091 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7092 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7093 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7094 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7096 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7097 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7099 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7100 after their removal. */
7101 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7102 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7103 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7106 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7109 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7111 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7113 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7115 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7116 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7118 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7119 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7124 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7126 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7128 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7129 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7131 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7132 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7136 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7137 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7138 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7142 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7144 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7147 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7149 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7151 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7152 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7153 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7155 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7157 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7160 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7161 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7162 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7163 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7169 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7170 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7173 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7174 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7178 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7180 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7182 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7183 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7185 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7187 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7188 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7189 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7190 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7193 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7195 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7197 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7198 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7199 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7201 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7206 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7208 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7211 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7213 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7214 update_global_location_list (1);
7215 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7220 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7222 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7225 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7227 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7228 update_global_location_list (0);
7229 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7233 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7234 master breakpoint. */
7236 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7238 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7240 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7241 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7242 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7244 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7245 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7249 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7251 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7253 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7255 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7256 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7257 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7261 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7263 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7265 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7266 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7268 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7269 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7271 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7273 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7279 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7281 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7284 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7285 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7286 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7289 struct lang_and_radix
7295 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7298 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7300 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7302 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7303 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7304 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7308 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7311 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7313 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7315 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7316 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7317 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7318 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7322 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7324 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7327 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7328 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7329 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7333 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7335 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7337 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7338 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7339 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7343 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7344 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7347 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7349 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7353 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7354 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7356 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7357 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7358 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7359 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7360 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7361 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7362 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7363 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7364 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7365 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7366 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7368 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7370 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7374 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7379 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7380 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7384 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7386 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7387 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7389 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7390 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7391 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7392 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7393 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7394 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7397 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7399 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7400 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7402 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7403 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7404 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7405 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7406 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7407 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7408 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7409 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7410 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7412 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7413 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7414 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7415 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7418 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7419 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7421 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7423 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7424 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7425 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7428 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7433 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7435 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7436 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7437 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7438 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7439 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7441 struct fork_catchpoint
7443 /* The base class. */
7444 struct breakpoint base
;
7446 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7447 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7448 catchpoint has triggered. */
7449 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7452 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7456 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7458 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7461 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7465 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7467 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7470 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7474 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7475 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7476 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7478 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7480 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7483 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7487 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7490 static enum print_stop_action
7491 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7493 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7494 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7495 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7497 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7498 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7499 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7501 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7502 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7504 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7505 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7506 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7508 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7509 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7510 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7511 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7512 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7515 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7519 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7521 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7522 struct value_print_options opts
;
7523 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7525 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7527 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7528 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7530 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7531 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7533 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7534 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7536 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7537 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7538 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7539 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7543 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7547 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7549 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7552 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7556 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7558 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7559 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7562 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7564 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7566 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7570 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7572 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7575 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7579 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7581 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7584 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7588 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7589 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7590 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7592 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7594 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7597 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7601 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7604 static enum print_stop_action
7605 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7607 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7608 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7609 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7611 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7612 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7613 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7615 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7616 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7618 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7619 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7620 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7622 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7623 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7624 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7625 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7626 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7629 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7633 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7635 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7636 struct value_print_options opts
;
7637 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7639 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7640 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7641 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7643 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7644 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7646 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7647 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7649 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7650 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7651 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7652 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7656 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7660 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7662 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7665 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7669 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7671 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7672 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7675 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7677 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7679 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7680 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7681 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7682 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7683 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7685 struct solib_catchpoint
7687 /* The base class. */
7688 struct breakpoint base
;
7690 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7691 unsigned char is_load
;
7693 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7694 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7700 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7702 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7705 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7706 xfree (self
->regex
);
7708 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7712 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7718 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7724 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7725 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7727 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7729 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7730 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7732 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7735 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7737 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7739 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7742 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7745 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7748 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7750 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7759 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7761 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7762 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7767 struct so_list
*iter
;
7770 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7775 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7784 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7789 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7795 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7798 static enum print_stop_action
7799 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7801 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7802 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7804 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7805 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7806 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7808 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7809 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7810 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7811 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7812 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7813 print_solib_event (1);
7814 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7818 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7820 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7821 struct value_print_options opts
;
7822 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7825 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7826 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7827 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7829 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7832 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7839 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7841 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7846 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7848 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7850 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7855 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7857 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7859 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7860 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7864 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7866 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7868 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7869 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7870 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7872 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7876 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7878 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7879 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7880 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7881 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7882 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7883 created in an enabled state. */
7886 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7888 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7889 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7890 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7894 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7896 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7897 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7903 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7906 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7908 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7909 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7911 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7914 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7915 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7916 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7918 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7920 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7921 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7924 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7928 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7929 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7932 const int enabled
= 1;
7934 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7936 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7940 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7941 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7943 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7947 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7948 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7950 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7955 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7956 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7957 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7958 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7959 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7961 struct syscall_catchpoint
7963 /* The base class. */
7964 struct breakpoint base
;
7966 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7967 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7968 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7969 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7970 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
7973 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7977 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7979 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7981 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
7983 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7986 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
7988 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7990 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7991 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7992 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7994 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7995 int any_syscall_count
;
7997 /* Count of each system call. */
7998 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8000 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8001 if any catching is necessary. */
8002 int total_syscalls_count
;
8005 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8006 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8008 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8010 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8011 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8013 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8014 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8021 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8027 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8031 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8033 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8034 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8035 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8036 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8038 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8039 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8040 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8046 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8051 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8053 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8054 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8055 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8057 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8058 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8059 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8061 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8062 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8064 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8065 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8069 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8070 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8071 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8073 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8075 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8078 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8082 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8084 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8085 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8086 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8087 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8089 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8090 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8091 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8097 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8101 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8102 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8104 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8105 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8109 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8110 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8111 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8113 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8115 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8118 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8122 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8123 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8124 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8126 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8127 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8128 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8129 int syscall_number
= 0;
8130 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8131 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8133 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8134 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8137 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8139 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8140 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8145 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8147 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8157 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8160 static enum print_stop_action
8161 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8163 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8164 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8165 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8166 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8167 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8168 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8170 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8173 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8175 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8177 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8179 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8180 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8182 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8185 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8186 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8187 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8188 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8189 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8191 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8193 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8194 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8196 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8198 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8199 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8201 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8203 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8205 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8208 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8212 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8213 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8215 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8216 struct value_print_options opts
;
8217 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8219 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8220 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8221 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8223 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8224 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8227 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8228 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8229 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8231 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8233 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8236 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8239 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8244 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8247 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8249 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8251 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8252 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8256 /* Remove the last comma. */
8257 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8258 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8261 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8262 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8265 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8269 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8271 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8273 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8277 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8278 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8280 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8283 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8287 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8290 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8292 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8294 printf_filtered (")");
8297 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8301 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8305 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8307 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8311 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8316 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8321 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8323 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8325 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8328 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8331 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8333 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8335 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8338 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8340 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8343 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8344 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8345 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8346 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8349 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8350 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8352 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8354 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8357 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8359 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8361 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8362 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8366 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8368 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8369 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8370 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8371 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8374 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8377 update_global_location_list (1);
8381 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8382 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8383 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8385 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8387 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8389 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8391 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8394 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8396 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8397 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8398 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8399 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8400 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8402 struct exec_catchpoint
8404 /* The base class. */
8405 struct breakpoint base
;
8407 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8408 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8410 char *exec_pathname
;
8413 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8417 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8419 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8421 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8423 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8427 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8429 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8433 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8435 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8439 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8440 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8441 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8443 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8445 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8448 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8452 static enum print_stop_action
8453 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8455 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8456 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8457 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8459 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8460 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8463 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8464 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8466 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8467 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8468 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8470 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8471 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8472 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8473 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8475 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8479 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8481 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8482 struct value_print_options opts
;
8483 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8485 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8487 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8488 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8489 is relatively readable). */
8490 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8491 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8493 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8494 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8496 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8497 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8498 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8503 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8505 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8508 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8512 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8515 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8518 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8521 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8522 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8524 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8525 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8527 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8528 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8529 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8531 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8535 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8538 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8539 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8543 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8544 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8546 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8548 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8555 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8559 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8562 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8564 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8567 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8569 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8571 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8577 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8578 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8579 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8580 types _not_ TYPE. */
8583 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8584 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8587 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8589 *other_type_used
= 0;
8594 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8597 if (b
->type
== type
)
8598 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8599 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8600 *other_type_used
= 1;
8607 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8609 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8613 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8615 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8616 update_global_location_list (0);
8622 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8624 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8628 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8630 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8631 update_global_location_list (1);
8637 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8639 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8640 update_global_location_list (0);
8644 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8646 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8647 breakpoint_re_set ();
8651 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8652 at address specified by SAL.
8653 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8656 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8657 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8659 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8661 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8663 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8665 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8666 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8667 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8668 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8670 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8671 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8673 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8674 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8676 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8681 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8682 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8685 static struct breakpoint
*
8686 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8688 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8690 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8692 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8693 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8694 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8696 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8697 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8698 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8699 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8700 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8701 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8703 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8704 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8706 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8707 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8708 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8709 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8711 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8712 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8713 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8715 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8719 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8723 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8725 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8729 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8733 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8736 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8738 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8740 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8741 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8743 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8747 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8750 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8752 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8753 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8755 printf_filtered ("\n");
8759 static struct bp_location
*
8760 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8761 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8763 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8764 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8765 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8767 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8768 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8770 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8771 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8772 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8773 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8774 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8775 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8776 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8779 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8780 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8784 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8785 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8786 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8787 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8788 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8789 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8790 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8792 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8793 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8794 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8796 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8797 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8802 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8803 return 0 otherwise. */
8806 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8810 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8811 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8812 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8815 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8817 addr
= loc
->address
;
8818 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8820 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8824 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8826 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8827 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8828 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8829 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8831 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8832 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8834 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8835 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8838 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8843 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8844 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8847 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8849 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8850 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8855 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8857 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8859 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8861 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8863 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8864 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8866 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8867 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8868 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8870 if (!dprintf_function
)
8871 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8873 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8874 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8879 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8883 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8885 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8886 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8889 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8890 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8894 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8895 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8897 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8900 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8902 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8904 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8905 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8906 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8907 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8908 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8909 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8912 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8913 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8914 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8915 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8916 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8917 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8919 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8923 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8924 current style settings. */
8927 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8928 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8930 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8934 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8935 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8939 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8940 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8941 as condition expression. */
8944 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8945 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8946 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8948 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8949 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8950 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8951 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8952 int display_canonical
)
8956 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8958 int target_resources_ok
;
8960 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8961 target_resources_ok
=
8962 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8964 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8965 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8966 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8967 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8970 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
8972 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8974 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
8975 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8979 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8981 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8983 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8984 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8989 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8993 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8994 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
8995 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8996 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8997 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8999 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9000 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9002 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9004 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9005 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9007 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9009 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9010 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9011 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9015 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9017 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9019 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9020 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9022 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9024 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9026 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9028 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9029 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9031 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9033 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9036 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9037 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9044 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9045 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9049 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9050 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9054 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9055 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9056 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9058 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9061 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9062 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9063 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9065 if (b
->extra_string
)
9066 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9068 error (_("Format string required"));
9070 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9071 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9074 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9076 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9078 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9081 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9086 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9087 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9088 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9090 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9091 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9092 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9093 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9094 int display_canonical
)
9096 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9097 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9099 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9101 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9103 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9107 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9109 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9111 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9113 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9115 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9117 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9119 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9121 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9124 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9125 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9126 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9127 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9128 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9129 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9130 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9131 we take just a single condition string.
9133 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9134 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9135 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9136 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9137 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9140 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9141 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9142 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9143 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9144 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9145 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9146 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9149 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9151 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9152 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9154 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9156 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9157 'break', without arguments. */
9158 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9159 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9161 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9162 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9164 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9165 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9168 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9170 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9171 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9172 canonical
->special_display
);
9173 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9177 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9178 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9179 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9180 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9182 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9183 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9186 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9187 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9189 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9191 if ((*address
) == NULL
9192 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9194 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9196 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9198 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9199 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9202 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9203 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9204 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9206 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9207 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9208 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9209 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9210 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9211 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9213 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9215 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9216 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9217 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9218 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9219 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9221 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9223 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9224 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9225 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9227 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9230 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9234 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9236 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9237 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9238 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9239 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9241 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9242 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9243 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9245 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9246 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9247 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9248 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9249 get_last_displayed_line (),
9250 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9252 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9253 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9258 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9259 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9262 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9266 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9267 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9270 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9271 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9272 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9273 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9274 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9278 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9279 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9282 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9284 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9286 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9288 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9290 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9292 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9293 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9294 associated with SAL. */
9297 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9299 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9302 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9303 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9305 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9309 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9311 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9312 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9314 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9317 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9318 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9319 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9320 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9321 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9322 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9325 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9326 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9329 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9338 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9339 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9341 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9343 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9345 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9349 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9351 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9353 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9355 struct expression
*expr
;
9357 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9358 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9361 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9363 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9369 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9371 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9372 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9373 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9375 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9381 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9383 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9384 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9385 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9389 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9393 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9397 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9399 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9400 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9402 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9403 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9404 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9405 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9410 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9412 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9414 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9415 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9417 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9418 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9419 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9421 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9422 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9424 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9426 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9428 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9430 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9432 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9433 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9435 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9438 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9444 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9445 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9446 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9447 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9448 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9449 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9450 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9451 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9452 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9456 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9457 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9458 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9459 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9460 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9462 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9463 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9464 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9467 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9468 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9469 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9470 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9471 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9472 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9475 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9477 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9479 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9481 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9483 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9484 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9487 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9491 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9497 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9499 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9502 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9503 throw_exception (e
);
9505 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9507 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9508 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9509 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9510 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9511 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9514 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9515 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9516 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9517 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9519 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9521 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9522 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9523 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9524 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9525 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9527 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9531 throw_exception (e
);
9535 throw_exception (e
);
9538 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9539 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9541 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9542 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9543 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9544 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9545 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9547 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9548 are ok for the target. */
9552 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9554 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9555 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9558 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9559 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9562 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9564 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9565 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9568 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9569 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9573 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9575 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9577 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9580 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9581 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9582 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9583 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9585 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9586 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9588 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9590 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9592 extra_string
= rest
;
9596 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9599 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9600 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9602 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9605 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9606 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9610 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9611 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9612 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9613 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9614 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9618 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9620 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9622 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9624 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9626 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9630 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9632 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9634 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9635 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9636 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9639 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9642 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9643 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9645 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9647 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9648 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9649 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9650 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9651 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9652 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9653 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9654 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9656 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9659 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9661 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9662 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9663 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9666 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9668 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9669 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9670 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9672 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9673 update_global_location_list (1);
9678 /* Set a breakpoint.
9679 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9680 condition, and thread.
9681 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9682 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9686 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9688 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9689 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9690 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9692 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9693 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9695 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9696 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9697 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9699 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9701 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9703 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9704 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9705 0 /* Ignore count */,
9706 pending_break_support
,
9714 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9717 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9721 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9723 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9724 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9725 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9728 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9729 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9730 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9731 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9734 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9736 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9740 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9743 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9746 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9747 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9751 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9752 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9753 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9754 happen in assembly source). */
9756 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9757 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9759 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9761 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9763 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9765 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9772 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9774 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9778 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9780 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9784 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9786 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9790 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9792 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9796 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9798 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9799 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9800 stop at <line>\n"));
9804 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9808 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9810 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9815 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9816 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9817 function/method name. */
9818 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9820 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9825 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9827 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9831 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9833 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9837 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9841 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9848 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9849 it is probably a line number. */
9850 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9852 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9857 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9859 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9863 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9865 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9868 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9869 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9870 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9874 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9876 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9878 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9880 0 /* Ignore count */,
9881 pending_break_support
,
9882 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9890 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9892 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9895 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9896 ranged breakpoints. */
9899 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9900 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9902 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9904 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9905 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9908 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9909 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9912 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9913 ranged breakpoints. */
9916 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9918 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9921 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9922 ranged breakpoints. */
9924 static enum print_stop_action
9925 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9927 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9928 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9929 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9931 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9933 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9934 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9936 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9937 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9938 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9940 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9941 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9943 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9944 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9945 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9947 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9948 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9950 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9953 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9954 ranged breakpoints. */
9957 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9958 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9960 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9961 struct value_print_options opts
;
9962 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9964 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9965 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9967 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9969 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9970 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9971 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9972 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9974 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9978 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9979 ranged breakpoints. */
9982 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9983 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9985 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9986 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9987 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
9988 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
9992 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9993 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9995 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
9996 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
9997 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9998 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9999 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10000 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10002 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10005 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10006 ranged breakpoints. */
10009 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10011 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10012 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10015 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10017 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10020 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10021 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10022 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10025 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10026 ranged breakpoints. */
10029 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10031 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10032 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10033 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10036 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10038 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10040 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10041 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10042 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10043 last instruction of the given line. */
10046 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10050 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10051 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10052 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10059 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10061 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10063 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10070 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10073 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10075 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10076 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10077 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10079 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10080 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10081 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10082 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10084 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10085 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10086 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10088 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10089 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10090 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10092 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10093 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10095 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10096 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10097 error(_("No address range specified."));
10099 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10102 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10104 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10107 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10108 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10109 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10111 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10113 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10114 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10115 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10117 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10118 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10119 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10121 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10122 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10124 /* Parse the end location. */
10126 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10129 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10130 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10131 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10132 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10133 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10134 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10135 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10136 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10138 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10140 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10141 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10143 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10144 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10145 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10146 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10148 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10149 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10150 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10152 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10153 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10154 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10156 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10158 /* Length overflowed. */
10159 error (_("Address range too large."));
10160 else if (length
== 1)
10162 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10163 the `hbreak' command. */
10164 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10166 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10171 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10172 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10173 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10174 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10175 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10176 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10177 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10178 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10179 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10181 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10184 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10185 update_global_location_list (1);
10188 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10189 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10190 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10194 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10196 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10202 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10203 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10206 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10216 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10217 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10218 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10219 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10220 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10222 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10250 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10253 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10254 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10259 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10260 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10261 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10262 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10263 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10264 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10265 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10267 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10268 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10273 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10275 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10276 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10277 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10278 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10280 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10281 are always constant. */
10283 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10285 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10286 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10287 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10292 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10293 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10294 then it is not a constant. */
10303 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10306 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10308 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10310 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10312 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10313 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10314 value_free (w
->val
);
10316 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10319 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10322 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10324 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10326 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10327 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10329 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10330 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10331 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10332 are loaded and unloaded.
10334 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10335 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10336 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10337 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10338 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10339 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10341 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10342 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10343 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10344 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10346 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10347 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10349 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10350 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10351 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10354 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10357 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10359 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10360 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10362 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10366 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10369 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10371 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10372 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10374 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10379 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10380 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10381 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10383 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10384 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10386 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10387 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10388 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10389 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10390 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10391 (did not match the data address). */
10392 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10393 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10400 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10402 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10404 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10407 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10408 hardware watchpoints. */
10411 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10413 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10414 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10416 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10419 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10420 hardware watchpoints. */
10423 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10425 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10426 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10429 static enum print_stop_action
10430 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10432 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10433 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10434 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10435 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10436 enum print_stop_action result
;
10437 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10438 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10440 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10442 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10443 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10444 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10446 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10447 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10451 case bp_watchpoint
:
10452 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10453 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10454 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10455 ui_out_field_string
10457 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10459 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10460 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10461 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10462 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10463 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10464 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10465 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10466 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10467 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10468 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10471 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10472 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10473 ui_out_field_string
10475 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10477 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10478 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10479 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10480 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10481 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10482 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10485 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10486 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10488 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10489 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10490 ui_out_field_string
10492 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10494 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10495 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10496 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10497 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10498 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10503 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10504 ui_out_field_string
10506 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10507 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10510 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10511 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10512 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10513 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10516 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10519 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10523 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10527 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10529 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10530 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10531 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10535 case bp_watchpoint
:
10536 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10537 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10539 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10540 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10541 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10543 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10544 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10545 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10547 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10548 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10549 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10552 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10553 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10556 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10557 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10558 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10559 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10562 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10566 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10568 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10572 case bp_watchpoint
:
10573 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10574 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10576 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10579 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10580 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10583 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10584 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10587 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10588 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10591 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10593 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10595 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10596 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10599 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10601 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10603 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10604 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10607 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10608 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10611 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10613 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10615 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10616 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10619 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10620 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10623 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10625 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10627 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10630 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10631 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10634 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10639 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10640 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10642 static enum print_stop_action
10643 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10645 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10646 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10648 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10649 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10653 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10654 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10655 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10656 ui_out_field_string
10658 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10661 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10662 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10663 ui_out_field_string
10665 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10668 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10669 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10670 ui_out_field_string
10672 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10675 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10676 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10680 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10681 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10682 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10683 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10685 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10686 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10689 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10690 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10693 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10694 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10696 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10698 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10699 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10701 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10702 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10703 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10706 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10707 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10710 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10712 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10713 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10714 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10718 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10719 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10720 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10722 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10723 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10724 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10726 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10727 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10728 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10731 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10732 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10735 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10736 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10737 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10738 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10741 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10742 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10745 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10747 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10752 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10755 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10758 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10759 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10762 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10763 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10766 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10768 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10771 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10773 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10775 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10778 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10780 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10783 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10784 hw_read: watch read,
10785 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10787 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10788 int just_location
, int internal
)
10790 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10791 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10792 struct expression
*exp
;
10793 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10794 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10795 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10796 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10797 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10798 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10800 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10801 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10802 enum bptype bp_type
;
10805 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10806 the hardware watchpoint. */
10808 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10809 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10811 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10812 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10816 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10817 of the arguments string. */
10818 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10820 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10821 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10824 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10825 This is the value of the parameter. */
10826 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10828 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10830 /* Skip whitespace. */
10831 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10836 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10837 This is the parameter itself. */
10838 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10841 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10843 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10845 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10846 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10847 only in a specific thread. */
10851 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10853 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10854 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10856 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10858 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10859 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10861 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10862 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10863 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10865 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10867 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10868 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10870 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10873 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10875 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10877 mark
= value_mark ();
10878 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10879 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10880 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10883 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10886 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10887 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10892 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10893 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10895 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10897 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10898 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10900 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10903 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10904 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10908 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10909 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10911 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10914 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10915 mark
= value_mark ();
10916 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10922 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10923 val
= value_addr (result
);
10924 release_value (val
);
10925 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10929 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10932 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10933 else if (ret
== -2)
10934 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10937 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10938 release_value (val
);
10940 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10941 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10943 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10944 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10946 struct expression
*cond
;
10948 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10949 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10950 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10952 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10953 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10954 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10960 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10962 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10963 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10964 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10965 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10967 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10969 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10971 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10972 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10973 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10974 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10975 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
10977 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
10980 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
10981 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
10982 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10983 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10985 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10987 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10988 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10990 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10991 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10993 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10994 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
10995 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10996 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
10997 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10998 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10999 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11000 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11001 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11005 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11007 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11010 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11011 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11013 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11014 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11015 b
->thread
= thread
;
11016 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11017 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11019 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11020 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11023 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11024 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11027 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11028 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11030 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11031 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11034 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11035 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11037 /* The above expression is in C. */
11038 b
->language
= language_c
;
11041 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11045 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11054 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11056 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11060 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11061 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11065 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11066 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11069 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11071 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11072 need to act on them together. */
11073 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11074 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11077 if (!just_location
)
11078 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11080 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11082 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11083 that should be inserted. */
11084 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11088 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11089 throw_exception (e
);
11092 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11095 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11096 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11099 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11101 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11102 struct value
*head
= v
;
11104 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11105 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11108 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11109 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11110 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11111 hardware watchpoint.
11113 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11114 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11115 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11116 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11117 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11118 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11119 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11120 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11121 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11123 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11124 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11125 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11126 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11127 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11129 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11131 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11132 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11133 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11134 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11135 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11136 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11140 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11141 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11142 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11144 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11145 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11146 middle of some value chain. */
11148 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11149 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11151 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11155 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11156 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11157 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11159 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11163 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11167 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11168 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11169 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11170 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11171 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11174 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11175 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11176 return found_memory_cnt
;
11180 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11182 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11185 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11186 calls watch_command_1. */
11189 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11191 int just_location
= 0;
11194 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11195 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11197 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11201 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11205 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11207 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11211 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11213 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11217 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11219 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11223 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11225 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11229 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11231 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11235 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11236 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11238 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11240 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11241 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11245 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11246 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11247 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11250 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11252 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11254 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11255 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11256 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11257 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11261 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11263 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11264 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11265 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11266 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11267 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11268 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11269 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11270 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11271 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11273 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11275 clear_proceed_status ();
11277 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11280 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11281 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11282 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11283 get_last_displayed_line ());
11285 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11286 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11288 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11289 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11291 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11292 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11295 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11297 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11299 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11302 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11304 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11305 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11306 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11309 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11310 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11311 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11312 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11314 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11317 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11319 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11321 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11322 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11323 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11327 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11329 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11330 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11333 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11337 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11338 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11339 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11340 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11342 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11343 only at the very same frame. */
11344 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11345 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11346 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11348 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11350 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11351 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11352 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11353 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11355 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11357 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11358 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11360 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11361 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11362 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11364 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11365 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11366 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11370 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11373 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11374 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11376 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11377 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11378 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11379 if clause in the arg string. */
11382 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11386 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11389 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11392 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11393 condition string. */
11394 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11395 cond_string
= *arg
;
11397 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11399 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11401 return cond_string
;
11404 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11405 process start/exit, etc. */
11409 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11410 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11415 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11416 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11418 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11419 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11420 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11423 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11424 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11425 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11429 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11431 /* The allowed syntax is:
11433 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11435 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11436 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11438 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11439 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11441 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11442 and enable reporting of such events. */
11445 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11446 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11447 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11448 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11450 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11451 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11452 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11453 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11456 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11462 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11463 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11465 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11466 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11468 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11470 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11474 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11476 /* The allowed syntax is:
11478 catch exec if <cond>
11480 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11481 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11483 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11484 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11486 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11487 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11488 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11489 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11491 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11494 static enum print_stop_action
11495 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11497 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11498 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11499 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11501 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11503 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11504 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11505 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11508 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11509 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11510 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11512 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11513 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11514 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11515 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11516 : " (exception caught), ");
11517 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11519 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11520 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11521 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11522 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11524 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11528 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11529 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11531 struct value_print_options opts
;
11532 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11534 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11535 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11537 annotate_field (4);
11538 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11539 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11541 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11542 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11544 annotate_field (5);
11546 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11547 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11548 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11550 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11554 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11556 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11560 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11561 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11562 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11563 : _("Catchpoint "));
11564 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11565 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11569 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11570 catch catchpoints. */
11573 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11574 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11579 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11580 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11581 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11582 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11583 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11586 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11589 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11590 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11592 char *trigger_func_name
;
11594 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11595 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11597 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11599 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11600 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11601 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11602 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11604 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11605 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11613 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11616 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11617 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11619 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11623 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11625 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11627 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11628 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11630 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11631 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11632 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11634 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11637 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11640 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11643 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11645 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11647 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11650 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11653 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11655 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11657 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11661 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11662 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11663 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11665 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11671 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11673 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11675 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11676 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11677 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11678 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11679 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11680 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11681 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11682 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11683 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11684 enough for now, though. */
11687 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11689 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11690 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11691 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11692 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11695 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11696 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11698 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11700 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11701 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11703 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11705 int i
, syscall_number
;
11707 char cur_name
[128];
11710 /* Skip whitespace. */
11711 while (isspace (*arg
))
11714 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11715 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11716 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11719 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11720 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11721 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11722 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11725 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11727 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11729 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11730 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11731 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11732 syscall number to be caught. */
11733 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11736 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11737 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11740 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11744 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11747 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11748 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11753 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11755 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11756 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11757 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11758 this architecture yet."));
11760 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11762 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11764 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11765 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11766 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11767 for his/her architecture. */
11768 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11770 /* The allowed syntax is:
11772 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11774 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11777 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11781 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11782 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11786 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11788 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11793 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11795 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11798 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11801 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11803 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11804 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11805 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11806 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11808 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11810 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11813 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11817 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11820 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11823 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11825 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11826 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11829 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11830 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11832 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11836 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11837 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11838 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11839 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11844 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11845 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11846 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11847 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11849 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11850 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11851 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11852 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11853 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11854 error (_("No source file specified."));
11856 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11862 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11863 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11864 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11865 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11867 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11868 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11869 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11870 due to optimization, all in one block.
11872 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11873 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11874 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11875 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11876 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11877 to support that. */
11879 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11880 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11881 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11885 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11886 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11890 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11891 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11892 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11895 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11900 1 0 <can't happen> */
11902 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11903 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11905 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11906 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11909 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11910 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11912 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11913 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11915 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11916 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11917 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11919 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11920 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11921 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11922 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11923 int line_match
= 0;
11925 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11926 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11927 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11928 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11929 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11931 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
11932 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
11934 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
11935 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
11936 sal
.symtab
->filename
))
11940 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11949 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11953 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11954 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11957 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11959 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11962 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11963 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11964 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11965 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11966 compare_breakpoints
);
11967 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11968 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11972 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11977 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11978 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11981 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11982 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11984 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11986 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
11988 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11991 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11992 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11995 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11997 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12000 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12001 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12002 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12005 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12007 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12009 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12010 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12011 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12013 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12015 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12017 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12018 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12022 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12023 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12024 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12025 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12026 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12027 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12030 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12032 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12033 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12034 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12035 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12036 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12038 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12039 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12041 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12042 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12045 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12046 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12047 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12049 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12050 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12051 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12053 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12054 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12055 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12057 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12058 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12059 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12061 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12064 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12065 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12066 content of the bp_location array. */
12069 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12071 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12073 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12074 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12076 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12078 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12080 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12083 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12084 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12086 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12087 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12088 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12089 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12091 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12093 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12094 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12095 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12096 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12100 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12103 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12105 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12106 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12108 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12111 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12113 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12115 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12116 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12117 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12119 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12120 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12121 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12124 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12126 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12127 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12128 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12129 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12132 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12134 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12137 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12139 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12140 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12141 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12142 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12145 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12148 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12151 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12153 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12154 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12155 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12156 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12158 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12159 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12160 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12161 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12162 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12164 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12165 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12166 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12167 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12168 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12169 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12170 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12171 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12174 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12175 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12176 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12180 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12182 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12183 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12184 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12187 address
= bl
->address
;
12188 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12190 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12191 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12192 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12194 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12195 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12198 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12199 the same program space as the location
12200 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12201 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12202 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12206 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12207 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12210 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12211 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12212 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12213 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12214 that have already been marked. */
12215 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12217 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12219 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12221 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12222 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12227 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12228 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12229 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12230 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12231 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12232 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12233 returns true on them.
12235 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12236 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12237 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12238 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12239 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12240 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12243 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12245 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12246 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12247 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12248 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12249 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12250 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12251 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12253 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12254 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12255 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12256 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12257 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12259 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12260 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12261 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12262 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12264 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12265 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12266 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12267 unsigned old_location_count
;
12269 old_location
= bp_location
;
12270 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12271 bp_location
= NULL
;
12272 bp_location_count
= 0;
12273 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12275 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12276 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12277 bp_location_count
++;
12279 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12280 locp
= bp_location
;
12281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12282 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12284 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12285 bp_location_compare
);
12287 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12289 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12290 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12291 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12292 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12293 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12296 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12297 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12299 locp
= bp_location
;
12300 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12303 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12304 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12306 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12307 not, we have to free it. */
12308 int found_object
= 0;
12309 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12310 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12313 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12314 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12315 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12316 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12320 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12321 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12324 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12325 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12326 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12328 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12329 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12330 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12332 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12333 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12336 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12340 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12341 have to go through updates again. */
12342 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12344 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12346 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12348 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12349 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12350 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12351 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12352 at certain location is not inserted. */
12354 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12356 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12359 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12361 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12362 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12363 keep_in_target
= 1;
12367 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12368 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12369 remove its target-side condition. */
12371 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12372 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12373 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12374 this one from the target. */
12376 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12377 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12380 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12381 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12384 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12386 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12388 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12389 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12390 supported, but the latter are. */
12391 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12393 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12394 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12397 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12398 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12400 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12401 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12403 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12404 keep_in_target
= 1;
12412 if (!keep_in_target
)
12414 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12416 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12417 this location on the global list, and try to
12418 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12419 reason why we will succeed next time.
12421 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12422 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12423 only after calling us. */
12424 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12425 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12426 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12434 if (removed
&& non_stop
12435 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12436 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12438 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12439 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12440 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12441 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12442 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12443 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12444 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12445 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12446 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12447 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12448 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12449 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12450 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12451 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12454 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12455 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12457 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12458 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12459 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12460 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12461 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12462 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12463 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12464 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12465 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12466 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12467 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12468 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12469 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12472 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12473 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12474 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12475 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12477 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12478 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12479 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12480 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12481 traps we can no longer explain. */
12483 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12484 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12486 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12490 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12491 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12496 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12497 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12498 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12499 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12500 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12501 are sorted first for the same address.
12503 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12504 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12506 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12507 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12508 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12509 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12510 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12512 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12514 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12517 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12518 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12519 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12520 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12521 `struct bp_location'. */
12522 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12524 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12525 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12529 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12530 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12531 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12532 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12533 "actually inserted"));
12535 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12536 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12537 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12538 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12539 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12540 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12542 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12544 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12545 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12546 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12548 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12549 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12551 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12553 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12554 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12555 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12561 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12562 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12563 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12565 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12566 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12568 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12569 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12571 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12572 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12573 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12574 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12575 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12578 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12579 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12580 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12583 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12586 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12587 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12588 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12590 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12595 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12597 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12601 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12603 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12606 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12607 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12609 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12610 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12616 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12618 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12620 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12621 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12624 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12627 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12631 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12632 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12634 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12635 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12636 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12640 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12642 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12644 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12646 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12650 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12654 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12656 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12657 struct value_print_options opts
;
12659 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12661 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12663 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12665 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12669 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
12671 printf_filtered (" at ");
12672 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12675 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
12677 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12679 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12680 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12681 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12683 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12684 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12685 real situation somewhat. */
12686 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12691 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12693 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12695 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12700 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12703 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12705 xfree (self
->cond
);
12706 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12707 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12708 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12709 xfree (self
->source_file
);
12712 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12717 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12721 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12723 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12724 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12725 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12726 xfree (self
->filter
);
12727 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12730 static struct bp_location
*
12731 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12733 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12735 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12736 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12741 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12743 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12746 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12747 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12750 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12752 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12756 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12758 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12762 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12763 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12765 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12767 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12771 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12776 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12780 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12782 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12785 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12789 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12791 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12794 static enum print_stop_action
12795 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12797 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12801 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12802 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12808 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12810 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12814 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12816 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12820 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12821 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12822 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12826 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12830 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12831 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12832 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12834 char *extra_string
,
12835 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12836 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12838 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12839 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12840 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12841 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12843 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12847 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12848 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12850 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12853 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12855 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12856 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12857 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12858 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12859 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12860 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12861 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12862 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12863 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12864 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12866 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12867 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12868 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12869 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12870 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12871 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12874 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12877 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12879 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12880 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12882 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12883 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12887 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12891 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12893 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12894 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12897 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12902 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12904 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12905 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12907 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12911 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12912 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12913 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12915 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12917 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12918 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12921 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12925 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12926 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12927 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12934 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12936 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12941 static enum print_stop_action
12942 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12944 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12945 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12947 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12949 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12951 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12952 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12954 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12955 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12956 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12959 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12961 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12963 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12964 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12966 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12967 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12968 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12970 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12971 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12973 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12977 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12979 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12984 case bp_breakpoint
:
12985 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12986 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12987 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12989 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12990 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12991 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12992 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12994 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12995 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12998 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13006 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13008 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13009 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13010 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13011 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13012 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13013 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13014 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13015 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13016 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13018 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13019 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13021 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13022 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13026 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13027 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13028 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13029 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13031 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13032 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13036 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13037 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13038 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13040 char *extra_string
,
13041 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13042 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13044 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13045 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13046 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13047 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13049 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13050 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13052 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13053 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13054 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13058 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13059 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13061 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13064 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13067 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13071 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13072 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13073 case bp_overlay_event
:
13074 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13075 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13076 case bp_exception_master
:
13077 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13080 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13081 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13082 case bp_shlib_event
:
13084 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13085 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13086 case bp_thread_event
:
13092 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13094 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13096 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13097 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13098 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13099 objects (among other things). */
13100 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13101 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13107 static enum print_stop_action
13108 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13110 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13111 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13113 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13117 case bp_shlib_event
:
13118 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13119 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13120 to shlib event" message.) */
13121 print_solib_event (0);
13124 case bp_thread_event
:
13125 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13126 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13127 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13130 case bp_overlay_event
:
13131 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13132 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13135 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13136 /* These should never be enabled. */
13137 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13140 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13141 /* These should never be enabled. */
13142 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13143 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13146 case bp_exception_master
:
13147 /* These should never be enabled. */
13148 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13149 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13153 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13157 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13159 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13162 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13165 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13167 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13168 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13169 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13170 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13174 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13176 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13179 static enum print_stop_action
13180 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13182 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13184 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13186 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13191 ui_out_field_string
13193 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13197 ui_out_field_string
13199 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13204 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13208 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13210 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13213 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13215 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13216 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13219 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13221 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13224 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13226 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13229 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13232 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13234 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13238 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13240 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13247 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13249 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13250 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13252 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13256 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13257 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13258 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13259 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13261 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13263 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13265 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13266 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13268 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13272 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13273 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13275 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13277 error (_("probe not found"));
13280 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13283 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13285 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13289 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13290 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13291 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13293 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13299 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13300 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13302 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13303 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13305 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13307 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13308 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13309 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13310 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13315 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13317 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13322 case bp_tracepoint
:
13323 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13324 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13326 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13327 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13328 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13330 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13331 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13332 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13335 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13336 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13343 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13345 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13347 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13348 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13349 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13350 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13351 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13352 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13354 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13355 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13357 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13358 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13360 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13361 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13365 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13366 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13367 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13368 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13370 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13371 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13375 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13376 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13377 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13379 char *extra_string
,
13380 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13381 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13383 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13384 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13385 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13386 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13388 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13389 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13391 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13392 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13393 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13397 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13398 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13400 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13403 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13405 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13409 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13410 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13411 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13412 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13414 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13415 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13416 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13420 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13421 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13423 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13424 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13427 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13429 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13433 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13434 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13435 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13436 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13438 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13440 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13442 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13444 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13445 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13446 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13450 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13451 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13452 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13454 char *extra_string
,
13455 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13456 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13458 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13459 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13460 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13461 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13465 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13466 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13467 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13468 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13469 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13470 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13472 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13474 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13475 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13476 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13479 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13480 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13482 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13483 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13485 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13486 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13488 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13489 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13490 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13491 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13492 canonical
->special_display
);
13493 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13494 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13495 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13496 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13497 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13498 corresponds to this one */
13499 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13501 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13503 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13508 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13509 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13511 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13513 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13514 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13516 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13520 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13523 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13526 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13528 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13531 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13535 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13537 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13539 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13541 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13542 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13545 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13546 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13547 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13548 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13549 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13552 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13553 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13554 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13555 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13557 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13560 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13561 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13562 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13564 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13565 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13567 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13568 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13569 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13570 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13574 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13576 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13577 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13578 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13579 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13580 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13583 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13584 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13585 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13586 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13588 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13590 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13591 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13594 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13596 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13600 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13602 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13603 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13604 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13605 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13606 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13607 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13608 commands won't work. */
13610 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13612 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13613 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13614 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13615 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13616 might be better design to have location completely
13617 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13618 update_global_location_list (0);
13620 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13621 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13622 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13623 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13628 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13630 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13634 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13636 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13639 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13640 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13643 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13644 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13648 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13653 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13655 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13656 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13658 if (next
== related
)
13660 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13661 function (related
, data
);
13663 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13664 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13669 function (related
, data
);
13673 while (related
!= b
);
13677 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13679 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13682 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13683 delete_breakpoint. */
13686 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13688 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13692 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13694 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13700 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13702 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13703 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13704 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13705 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13706 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13708 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13712 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13714 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13716 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13717 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13718 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13722 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13726 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13728 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13729 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13730 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13735 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13736 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13737 Null names are ignored. */
13740 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13742 struct bp_location
*l
;
13743 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13744 (int (*) (const void *,
13745 const void *)) streq
,
13746 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13748 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13751 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13753 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13757 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13759 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13763 htab_delete (htab
);
13769 htab_delete (htab
);
13773 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13774 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13775 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13776 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13777 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13778 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13779 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13780 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13783 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13784 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13785 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13786 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13787 in the sources, and output a warning.
13789 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13790 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13791 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13792 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13793 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13796 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13797 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13798 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13799 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13800 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13801 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13802 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13803 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13804 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13806 static struct symtab_and_line
13807 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13809 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13810 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13815 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13817 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13819 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13820 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13822 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13824 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13825 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13826 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13831 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13833 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13835 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13836 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13838 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13841 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13843 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13845 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13846 struct symbol
*sym
;
13847 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13848 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13850 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13852 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13853 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13855 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13856 "found at previous line number"),
13857 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13861 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13863 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13864 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13865 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13868 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13869 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13870 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13872 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13873 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13875 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13877 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13879 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13882 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13883 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13885 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13887 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13889 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13891 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13893 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13894 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13895 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13896 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13898 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13901 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13907 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13908 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13911 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13915 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13918 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13921 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13928 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13934 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13935 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13936 a ranged breakpoint. */
13939 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13940 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13941 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13944 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13946 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13948 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13950 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13951 update_global_location_list (1);
13952 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13953 "multiple locations found\n"),
13958 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13959 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13960 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13961 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13962 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13963 individual locations. */
13964 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13969 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13971 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13973 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13975 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13977 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13979 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13982 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13984 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13985 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13987 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13988 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13993 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13994 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13995 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13996 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14000 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14002 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14004 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14008 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14009 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14010 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14012 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14015 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14016 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14017 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14018 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14019 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14020 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14021 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14023 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14025 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14027 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14028 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14030 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14031 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14039 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14040 if (l
->function_name
14041 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14051 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14052 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14054 update_global_location_list (1);
14057 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14058 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14060 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14061 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14064 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14065 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14067 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14070 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14072 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14076 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14077 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14078 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14079 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14080 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14081 state, then user already saw the message about that
14082 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14084 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14085 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14086 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14087 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14088 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14089 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14091 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14093 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14094 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14095 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14096 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14097 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14098 which approach is better. */
14099 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14100 throw_exception (e
);
14104 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14108 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14109 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14110 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14112 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14115 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14116 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14119 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14120 b
->thread
= thread
;
14123 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14124 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14127 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14128 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14138 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14139 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14143 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14146 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14147 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14148 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14150 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14153 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14157 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14159 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14162 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14163 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14167 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14170 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14171 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14174 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14175 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14176 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14177 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14179 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14182 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14183 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14187 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14188 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14189 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14191 char *extra_string
,
14192 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14193 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14195 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14196 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14197 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14198 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14200 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14202 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14203 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14204 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14207 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14208 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14211 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14212 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14214 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14216 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14217 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14218 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14219 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14222 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14223 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14225 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14227 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14229 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14230 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14231 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14233 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14236 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14239 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14241 static struct cleanup
*
14242 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14244 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14246 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14247 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14248 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14249 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14250 set_language (b
->language
);
14255 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14256 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14257 Unused in this case. */
14260 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14262 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14263 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14264 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14266 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14267 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14268 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14272 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14274 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14276 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14277 enum language save_language
;
14278 int save_input_radix
;
14279 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14281 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14282 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14283 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14285 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14287 /* Format possible error msg. */
14288 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14290 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14291 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14292 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14294 set_language (save_language
);
14295 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14297 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14299 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14301 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14302 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14303 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14304 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14307 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14309 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14310 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14312 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14314 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14316 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14317 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14319 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14320 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14321 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14323 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14327 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14328 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14329 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14332 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14334 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14340 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14342 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14344 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14345 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14350 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14354 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14355 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14357 else if (count
== 1)
14358 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14361 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14362 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14365 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14366 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14370 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14373 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14376 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14382 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14384 num
= get_number (&p
);
14386 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14388 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14390 set_ignore_count (num
,
14391 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14394 printf_filtered ("\n");
14397 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14398 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14401 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14406 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14408 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14411 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14413 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14415 while (!state
.finished
)
14417 char *p
= state
.string
;
14421 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14424 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14428 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14429 if (b
->number
== num
)
14432 function (b
, data
);
14436 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14441 static struct bp_location
*
14442 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14444 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14448 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14449 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14454 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14456 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14458 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14459 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14464 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14465 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14468 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14470 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14474 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14477 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14483 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14484 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14485 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14488 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14490 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14491 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14492 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14493 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14496 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14497 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14500 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14502 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14503 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14505 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14506 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14508 struct bp_location
*location
;
14510 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14511 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14514 update_global_location_list (0);
14516 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14519 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14522 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14524 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14527 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14528 disable_breakpoint. */
14531 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14533 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14537 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14541 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14543 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14544 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14545 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14547 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14549 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14555 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14557 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14558 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14559 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14560 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14562 update_global_location_list (0);
14565 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14569 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14572 int target_resources_ok
;
14574 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14577 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14578 target_resources_ok
=
14579 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14581 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14582 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14583 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14584 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14587 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14589 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14590 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14591 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14593 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14595 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14597 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14598 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14599 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14603 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14604 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14610 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14611 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14613 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14615 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14616 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14618 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14619 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14621 struct bp_location
*location
;
14623 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14624 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14627 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14628 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14629 update_global_location_list (1);
14630 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14637 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14639 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14643 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14645 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14648 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14649 enable_breakpoint. */
14652 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14654 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14657 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14658 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14659 in stopping the inferior. */
14662 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14666 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14669 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14670 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14672 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14674 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14680 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14682 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14683 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14684 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14685 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14687 update_global_location_list (1);
14690 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14693 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14703 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14705 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14707 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14711 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14713 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14715 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14719 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14721 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14725 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14727 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14729 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14733 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14735 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14737 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14741 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14743 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14745 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14749 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14751 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14755 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14760 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14764 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14765 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14769 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14770 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14771 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14773 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14776 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14777 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14779 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14781 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14783 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14785 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14786 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14787 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14788 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14790 value_free (wp
->val
);
14798 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14799 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14800 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14801 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14805 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14806 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14808 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14810 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14812 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14813 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14815 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14817 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14825 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14826 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14829 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14831 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14834 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14840 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14843 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14844 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14846 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14849 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14850 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14855 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14857 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14858 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14862 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14863 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14864 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14867 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14868 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14869 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14870 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14871 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14872 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14874 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14875 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14876 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14877 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14880 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14881 were inserted or not. */
14884 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14886 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14887 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14890 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14893 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14895 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14897 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14899 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14900 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14901 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14902 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14904 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14906 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14907 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14908 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14909 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14913 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14914 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14915 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14919 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14923 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14924 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14926 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14927 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14928 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14932 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14936 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14940 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14941 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14942 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14943 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14946 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14950 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14955 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14957 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14959 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14960 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14968 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14969 non-zero otherwise. */
14971 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14973 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14974 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14975 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14982 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14984 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14985 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14987 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14991 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14993 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14996 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14998 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15000 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15004 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15006 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15016 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15017 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15018 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15019 char *text
, char *word
)
15021 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15022 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15023 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15029 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15031 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15033 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15035 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15036 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15040 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15042 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15043 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15045 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15046 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15048 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15050 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15052 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15054 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15055 0 /* Ignore count */,
15056 pending_break_support
,
15060 0 /* internal */, 0);
15064 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15066 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15068 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15070 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15071 0 /* Ignore count */,
15072 pending_break_support
,
15073 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15076 0 /* internal */, 0);
15079 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15082 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15084 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15086 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15087 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15088 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15089 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15091 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15093 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15095 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15097 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15098 0 /* Ignore count */,
15099 pending_break_support
,
15103 0 /* internal */, 0);
15106 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15107 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15109 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15110 static int next_cmd
;
15113 read_uploaded_action (void)
15117 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15124 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15125 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15126 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15127 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15128 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15130 struct tracepoint
*
15131 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15133 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15134 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15136 if (utp
->at_string
)
15137 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15140 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15141 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15142 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15144 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15145 "source location, using raw address"),
15147 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15148 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15151 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15152 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15153 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15154 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15157 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15159 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15160 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15162 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15163 0 /* Ignore count */,
15164 pending_break_support
,
15165 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15167 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15169 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15172 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15173 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15174 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15178 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15181 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15184 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15185 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15186 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15188 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15190 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15195 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15197 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15199 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15200 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15201 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15202 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15205 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15206 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15207 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15212 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15216 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15218 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15221 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15223 if (num_printed
== 0)
15225 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15226 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15228 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15231 default_collect_info ();
15234 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15235 Not supported by all targets. */
15237 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15239 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15242 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15243 Not supported by all targets. */
15245 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15247 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15250 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15252 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15254 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15260 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15262 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15263 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15264 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15266 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15267 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15269 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15273 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15275 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15277 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15278 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15279 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15283 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15286 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15289 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15291 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15292 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15294 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15295 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15298 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15300 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15301 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15302 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15305 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15307 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15308 unsigned int count
;
15310 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15311 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15312 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15314 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15316 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
15319 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15321 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15323 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15325 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15327 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15329 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15330 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15333 else if (*args
== '\0')
15335 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15337 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15341 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15343 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15344 while (!state
.finished
)
15346 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15348 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15353 struct tracepoint
*
15354 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15356 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15358 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15359 if (t
->number
== num
)
15360 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15365 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15366 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15369 struct tracepoint
*
15370 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15372 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15374 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15376 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15378 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15385 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15386 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15387 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15388 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15389 struct tracepoint
*
15390 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15391 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15394 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15396 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15400 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15401 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15403 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15406 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15408 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15411 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15415 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15416 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15419 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15420 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15424 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15425 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15427 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15430 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15435 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15437 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15438 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15441 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15446 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15447 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15448 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15452 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15453 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15455 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15458 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15459 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15460 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15462 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15463 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15465 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15466 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15468 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15469 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15472 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15473 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15478 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15480 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15482 /* We can stop searching. */
15489 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15493 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15494 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15495 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15497 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15498 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15499 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15501 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15502 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15506 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15507 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15510 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15511 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15514 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15516 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15517 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15520 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15523 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15524 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15528 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15530 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15532 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15533 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15535 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15537 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15540 throw_exception (ex
);
15542 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15545 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15546 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15548 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15549 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15550 special, and not user visible. */
15551 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15553 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15556 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15558 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15562 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15563 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15565 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15567 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15570 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15573 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15575 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15578 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15581 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15583 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15586 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15588 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15589 all_tracepoints (void)
15591 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15592 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15594 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15596 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15603 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15604 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15605 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15607 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15608 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15609 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15610 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15611 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15612 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15613 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15614 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15615 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15616 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15617 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15619 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15620 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15622 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15623 conditions are different.\n\
15625 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15627 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15628 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15630 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15631 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15634 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15635 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15636 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15637 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15638 void *user_data_catch
,
15639 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15641 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15643 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15645 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15646 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15647 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15649 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15651 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15652 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15653 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15657 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15659 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15660 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15662 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15663 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15664 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15668 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15670 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15671 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15672 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15675 struct breakpoint
*
15676 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15679 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15683 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15690 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15691 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15694 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15696 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15697 non-inline function. */
15698 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15704 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15705 have been inlined. */
15708 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15709 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15711 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15712 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15714 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15716 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15719 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15721 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15722 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15731 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15733 static int initialized
= 0;
15735 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15741 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15742 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15743 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15744 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15745 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15746 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15747 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15748 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15749 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15750 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15751 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15752 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15754 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15755 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15756 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15757 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15758 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15759 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15760 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15761 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15763 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15764 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15765 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15766 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15767 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15768 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15769 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15770 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15771 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15772 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15774 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15775 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15776 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15777 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15778 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15779 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15780 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15782 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15783 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15784 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15785 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15786 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15787 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15788 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15790 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15791 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15792 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15793 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15795 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15796 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15797 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15798 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15799 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15800 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15801 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15803 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15804 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15805 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15806 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15807 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15808 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15809 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15812 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15813 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15814 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15815 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15816 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15817 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15818 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15819 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15820 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15821 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15822 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15823 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15824 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15826 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15827 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15828 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15829 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15830 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15831 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15832 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15833 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15834 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15835 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15836 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15839 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15840 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15841 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15842 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15843 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15844 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15845 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15846 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15847 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15848 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15850 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15851 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15852 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15853 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15854 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15856 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15857 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15858 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15859 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15860 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15861 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15863 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15864 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15865 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15866 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15867 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15868 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15869 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15870 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15871 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15872 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15874 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15875 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15876 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15877 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15878 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15879 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15880 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15881 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15882 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15883 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15885 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15886 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15887 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15888 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15889 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15890 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15891 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15892 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15893 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15894 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15895 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15897 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15898 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15899 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15900 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15901 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15902 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15903 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15904 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15905 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15906 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15907 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15909 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15910 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15911 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15912 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15913 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15914 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15915 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15916 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15917 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15918 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15919 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15920 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15922 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15923 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15924 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15925 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15926 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15927 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15928 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15931 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15933 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15936 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15938 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15940 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15942 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15943 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15944 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15946 breakpoint_objfile_key
15947 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15949 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15950 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15951 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15953 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15954 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15955 before a breakpoint is set. */
15956 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15958 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15960 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15961 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15962 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15964 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15966 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15967 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15968 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15969 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15970 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15971 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15972 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15973 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15975 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15976 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15977 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15978 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15979 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15981 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15982 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15983 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15984 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15985 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15987 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15988 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15990 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15991 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15992 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15993 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15995 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15996 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15998 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15999 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16000 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16001 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16003 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16004 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16006 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16007 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16008 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16009 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16010 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16011 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16012 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16014 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16015 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16016 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16017 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16018 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16019 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16021 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16023 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16024 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16025 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16026 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16027 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16028 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16030 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16031 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16032 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16035 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16036 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16037 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16040 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16041 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16042 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16043 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16046 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16047 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16048 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16051 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16052 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16053 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16056 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16057 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16058 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16059 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16062 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16063 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16064 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16065 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16066 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16067 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16068 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16069 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16071 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16072 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16073 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16074 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16075 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16077 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16078 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16079 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16080 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16081 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16082 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16085 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16086 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16087 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16088 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16090 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16091 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16092 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16093 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16094 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16096 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16097 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16098 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16099 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16101 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16102 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16103 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16104 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16105 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16108 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16109 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16110 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16111 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16112 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16113 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16115 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16116 is executing in.\n\
16118 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16119 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16121 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16122 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16123 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16124 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16126 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16127 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16128 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16129 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16132 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16136 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16137 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16138 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16139 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16140 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16141 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16142 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16143 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16144 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16145 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16146 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16147 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16148 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16149 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16150 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16151 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16153 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16154 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16155 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16156 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16157 breakpoint set."));
16160 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16161 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16162 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16163 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16164 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16165 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16166 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16167 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16168 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16170 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16171 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16172 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16173 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16174 breakpoint set."));
16176 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16179 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16180 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16181 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16182 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16183 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16184 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16185 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16186 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16187 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16189 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16190 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16191 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16192 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16193 breakpoint set."));
16195 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16196 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16197 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16198 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16199 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16200 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16201 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16202 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16203 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16204 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16205 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16206 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16207 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16209 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16210 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16211 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16212 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16214 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16216 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16217 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16218 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16219 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16221 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16222 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16223 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16224 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16226 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16227 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16228 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16229 catch_catch_command
,
16233 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16234 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16235 catch_throw_command
,
16239 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16240 catch_fork_command_1
,
16242 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16243 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16244 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16245 catch_fork_command_1
,
16247 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16248 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16249 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16250 catch_exec_command_1
,
16254 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16255 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16256 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16257 catch_load_command_1
,
16261 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16262 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16263 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16264 catch_unload_command_1
,
16268 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16269 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16270 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16271 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16272 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16273 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16274 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16275 catch_syscall_completer
,
16279 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16280 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16281 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16282 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16283 an expression changes.\n\
16284 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16285 the memory to which it refers."));
16286 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16288 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16289 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16290 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16291 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16292 an expression is read.\n\
16293 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16294 the memory to which it refers."));
16295 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16297 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16298 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16299 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16300 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16301 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16302 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16303 the memory to which it refers."));
16304 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16306 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16307 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16309 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16310 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16311 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16312 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16313 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16314 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16315 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16316 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16317 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16320 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16321 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16323 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16325 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16327 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16328 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16330 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16331 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16332 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16334 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16335 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16336 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16337 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16339 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16340 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16342 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16343 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16344 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16346 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16347 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16349 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16350 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16351 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16352 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16353 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16354 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16355 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16356 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16357 the selected stack frame.\n\
16358 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16359 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16360 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16361 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16363 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16365 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16366 conditions are different.\n\
16368 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16369 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16370 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16372 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16373 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16374 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16375 last tracepoint set."));
16377 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16379 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16380 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16381 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16382 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16384 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16386 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16387 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16388 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16389 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16391 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16393 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16394 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16395 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16396 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16398 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16400 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16401 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16402 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16403 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16404 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16406 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16407 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16408 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16409 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16411 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16412 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16413 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16414 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16415 session to restore them."),
16417 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16419 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16420 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16421 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16423 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16425 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16426 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16428 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16429 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16430 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16431 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16432 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16433 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16434 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16435 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16436 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16437 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16438 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16439 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16441 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16442 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16443 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16444 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16445 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16446 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16447 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16448 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16450 show_pending_break_support
,
16451 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16452 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16454 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16456 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16457 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16458 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16459 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16460 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16461 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16462 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16464 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16465 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16466 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16468 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16469 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16470 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16471 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16472 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16473 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16474 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16475 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16476 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16477 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16478 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16479 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16481 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16482 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16483 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16485 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16486 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16487 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16488 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16489 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16490 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16491 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16492 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16493 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16494 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16495 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16496 be set to \"gdb\""),
16497 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16498 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16499 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16500 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16502 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16503 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16504 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16505 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16506 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16507 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16508 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16509 or the start of the range\n\
16510 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16511 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16512 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16514 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16515 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16516 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16518 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16519 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16520 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16521 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16522 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16523 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16525 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16527 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16528 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16529 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16530 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16531 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16532 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16533 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16534 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16535 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16536 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16537 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16538 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16540 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16541 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16542 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16543 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16544 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16545 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16546 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16548 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16549 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16550 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16551 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16552 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16553 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16554 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16556 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16557 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16558 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16559 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16560 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16561 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16564 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16566 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16567 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16568 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16570 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16572 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);